2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Copyright (C) 2011 STRATO.  All rights reserved.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * License v2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * General Public License for more details.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * License along with this program; if not, write to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Boston, MA 021110-1307, USA.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/sched.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/pagemap.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/writeback.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/blkdev.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/rbtree.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/slab.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/workqueue.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-29 06:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/btrfs.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "ctree.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "transaction.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "disk-io.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "locking.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "ulist.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "backref.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "extent_io.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "qgroup.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/* TODO XXX FIXME
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  - subvol delete -> delete when ref goes to 0? delete limits also?
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  - reorganize keys
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  - compressed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  - sync
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  - copy also limits on subvol creation
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  - limit
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  - caches fuer ulists
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  - performance benchmarks
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  - check all ioctl parameters
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * one struct for each qgroup, organized in fs_info->qgroup_tree.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								struct btrfs_qgroup {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 qgroupid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * state
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 rfer;	/* referenced */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 rfer_cmpr;	/* referenced compressed */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 excl;	/* exclusive */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 excl_cmpr;	/* exclusive compressed */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * limits
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 lim_flags;	/* which limits are set */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 max_rfer;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 max_excl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 rsv_rfer;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 rsv_excl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * reservation tracking
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 reserved;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * lists
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct list_head groups;  /* groups this group is member of */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct list_head members; /* groups that are members of this group */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct list_head dirty;   /* dirty groups */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct rb_node node;	  /* tree of qgroups */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * temp variables for accounting operations
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 old_refcnt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 new_refcnt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * glue structure to represent the relations between qgroups.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								struct btrfs_qgroup_list {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct list_head next_group;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct list_head next_member;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *group;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *member;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#define ptr_to_u64(x) ((u64)(uintptr_t)x)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#define u64_to_ptr(x) ((struct btrfs_qgroup *)(uintptr_t)x)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								qgroup_rescan_init(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 progress_objectid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										   int init_flags);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:17 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/* must be called with qgroup_ioctl_lock held */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static struct btrfs_qgroup *find_qgroup_rb(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													   u64 qgroupid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct rb_node *n = fs_info->qgroup_tree.rb_node;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (n) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup = rb_entry(n, struct btrfs_qgroup, node);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (qgroup->qgroupid < qgroupid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											n = n->rb_left;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else if (qgroup->qgroupid > qgroupid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											n = n->rb_right;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/* must be called with qgroup_lock held */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static struct btrfs_qgroup *add_qgroup_rb(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													  u64 qgroupid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct rb_node **p = &fs_info->qgroup_tree.rb_node;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct rb_node *parent = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (*p) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										parent = *p;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup = rb_entry(parent, struct btrfs_qgroup, node);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (qgroup->qgroupid < qgroupid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											p = &(*p)->rb_left;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else if (qgroup->qgroupid > qgroupid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											p = &(*p)->rb_right;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = kzalloc(sizeof(*qgroup), GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup->qgroupid = qgroupid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									INIT_LIST_HEAD(&qgroup->groups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									INIT_LIST_HEAD(&qgroup->members);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									INIT_LIST_HEAD(&qgroup->dirty);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									rb_link_node(&qgroup->node, parent, p);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									rb_insert_color(&qgroup->node, &fs_info->qgroup_tree);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-08-14 09:13:36 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void __del_qgroup_rb(struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_list *list;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_del(&qgroup->dirty);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (!list_empty(&qgroup->groups)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list = list_first_entry(&qgroup->groups,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													struct btrfs_qgroup_list, next_group);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_del(&list->next_group);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_del(&list->next_member);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										kfree(list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (!list_empty(&qgroup->members)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list = list_first_entry(&qgroup->members,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													struct btrfs_qgroup_list, next_member);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_del(&list->next_group);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_del(&list->next_member);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										kfree(list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									kfree(qgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-08-14 09:13:36 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-08-14 09:13:36 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/* must be called with qgroup_lock held */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int del_qgroup_rb(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 qgroupid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, qgroupid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									rb_erase(&qgroup->node, &fs_info->qgroup_tree);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									__del_qgroup_rb(qgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/* must be called with qgroup_lock held */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int add_relation_rb(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											   u64 memberid, u64 parentid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *member;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *parent;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_list *list;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									member = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, memberid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									parent = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, parentid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!member || !parent)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list = kzalloc(sizeof(*list), GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!list)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list->group = parent;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list->member = member;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_add_tail(&list->next_group, &member->groups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_add_tail(&list->next_member, &parent->members);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/* must be called with qgroup_lock held */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int del_relation_rb(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											   u64 memberid, u64 parentid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *member;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *parent;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_list *list;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									member = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, memberid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									parent = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, parentid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!member || !parent)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_for_each_entry(list, &member->groups, next_group) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (list->group == parent) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											list_del(&list->next_group);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											list_del(&list->next_member);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											kfree(list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-07 17:06:09 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifdef CONFIG_BTRFS_FS_RUN_SANITY_TESTS
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_verify_qgroup_counts(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											       u64 rfer, u64 excl)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, qgroupid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (qgroup->rfer != rfer || qgroup->excl != excl)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The full config is read in one go, only called from open_ctree()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * It doesn't use any locking, as at this point we're still single-threaded
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_read_qgroup_config(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key found_key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct extent_buffer *l;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int slot;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 flags = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 rescan_progress = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!fs_info->quota_enabled)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->qgroup_ulist = ulist_alloc(GFP_NOFS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!fs_info->qgroup_ulist) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* default this to quota off, in case no status key is found */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->qgroup_flags = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * pass 1: read status, all qgroup infos and limits
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_search_slot_for_read(quota_root, &key, path, 1, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										slot = path->slots[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										l = path->nodes[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_item_key_to_cpu(l, &found_key, slot);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (found_key.type == BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_KEY) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct btrfs_qgroup_status_item *ptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ptr = btrfs_item_ptr(l, slot,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													     struct btrfs_qgroup_status_item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (btrfs_qgroup_status_version(l, ptr) !=
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_VERSION) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-12-20 11:37:06 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												btrfs_err(fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 "old qgroup version, quota disabled");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (btrfs_qgroup_status_generation(l, ptr) !=
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    fs_info->generation) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												flags |= BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-12-20 11:37:06 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												btrfs_err(fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													"qgroup generation mismatch, "
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													"marked as inconsistent");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											fs_info->qgroup_flags = btrfs_qgroup_status_flags(l,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
																	  ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											rescan_progress = btrfs_qgroup_status_rescan(l, ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto next1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (found_key.type != BTRFS_QGROUP_INFO_KEY &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    found_key.type != BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_KEY)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto next1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, found_key.offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if ((qgroup && found_key.type == BTRFS_QGROUP_INFO_KEY) ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    (!qgroup && found_key.type == BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_KEY)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-12-20 11:37:06 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											btrfs_err(fs_info, "inconsitent qgroup config");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											flags |= BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!qgroup) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup = add_qgroup_rb(fs_info, found_key.offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (IS_ERR(qgroup)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												ret = PTR_ERR(qgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										switch (found_key.type) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case BTRFS_QGROUP_INFO_KEY: {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct btrfs_qgroup_info_item *ptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ptr = btrfs_item_ptr(l, slot,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													     struct btrfs_qgroup_info_item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup->rfer = btrfs_qgroup_info_rfer(l, ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup->rfer_cmpr = btrfs_qgroup_info_rfer_cmpr(l, ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup->excl = btrfs_qgroup_info_excl(l, ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup->excl_cmpr = btrfs_qgroup_info_excl_cmpr(l, ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* generation currently unused */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_KEY: {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct btrfs_qgroup_limit_item *ptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ptr = btrfs_item_ptr(l, slot,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													     struct btrfs_qgroup_limit_item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup->lim_flags = btrfs_qgroup_limit_flags(l, ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup->max_rfer = btrfs_qgroup_limit_max_rfer(l, ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup->max_excl = btrfs_qgroup_limit_max_excl(l, ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup->rsv_rfer = btrfs_qgroup_limit_rsv_rfer(l, ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup->rsv_excl = btrfs_qgroup_limit_rsv_excl(l, ptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								next1:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = btrfs_next_item(quota_root, path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_release_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * pass 2: read all qgroup relations
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_RELATION_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_search_slot_for_read(quota_root, &key, path, 1, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										slot = path->slots[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										l = path->nodes[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_item_key_to_cpu(l, &found_key, slot);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (found_key.type != BTRFS_QGROUP_RELATION_KEY)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto next2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (found_key.objectid > found_key.offset) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* parent <- member, not needed to build config */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* FIXME should we omit the key completely? */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto next2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = add_relation_rb(fs_info, found_key.objectid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												      found_key.offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-17 01:22:08 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret == -ENOENT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-12-20 11:37:06 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											btrfs_warn(fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"orphan qgroup relation 0x%llx->0x%llx",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-08-20 13:20:07 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												found_key.objectid, found_key.offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-17 01:22:08 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = 0;	/* ignore the error */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								next2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = btrfs_next_item(quota_root, path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->qgroup_flags |= flags;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!(fs_info->qgroup_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_ON)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->quota_enabled = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->pending_quota_state = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else if (fs_info->qgroup_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										   ret >= 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = qgroup_rescan_init(fs_info, rescan_progress, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ulist_free(fs_info->qgroup_ulist);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_ulist = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_flags &= ~BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret < 0 ? ret : 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-08-14 09:13:37 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This is called from close_ctree() or open_ctree() or btrfs_quota_disable(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * first two are in single-threaded paths.And for the third one, we have set
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * quota_root to be null with qgroup_lock held before, so it is safe to clean
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * up the in-memory structures without qgroup_lock held.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void btrfs_free_qgroup_config(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct rb_node *n;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((n = rb_first(&fs_info->qgroup_tree))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup = rb_entry(n, struct btrfs_qgroup, node);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										rb_erase(n, &fs_info->qgroup_tree);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-08-14 09:13:36 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										__del_qgroup_rb(qgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-07-13 21:02:54 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * we call btrfs_free_qgroup_config() when umounting
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * filesystem and disabling quota, so we set qgroup_ulit
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * to be null here to avoid double free.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_free(fs_info->qgroup_ulist);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-07-13 21:02:54 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->qgroup_ulist = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int add_qgroup_relation_item(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    struct btrfs_root *quota_root,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    u64 src, u64 dst)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = src;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_RELATION_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = dst;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_insert_empty_item(trans, quota_root, path, &key, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_mark_buffer_dirty(path->nodes[0]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int del_qgroup_relation_item(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    struct btrfs_root *quota_root,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    u64 src, u64 dst)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = src;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_RELATION_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = dst;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_search_slot(trans, quota_root, &key, path, -1, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_del_item(trans, quota_root, path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int add_qgroup_item(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											   struct btrfs_root *quota_root, u64 qgroupid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_info_item *qgroup_info;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_limit_item *qgroup_limit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct extent_buffer *leaf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-07 17:06:09 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifdef CONFIG_BTRFS_FS_RUN_SANITY_TESTS
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (unlikely(test_bit(BTRFS_ROOT_DUMMY_ROOT, "a_root->state)))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_INFO_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = qgroupid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_insert_empty_item(trans, quota_root, path, &key,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												      sizeof(*qgroup_info));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									leaf = path->nodes[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup_info = btrfs_item_ptr(leaf, path->slots[0],
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 struct btrfs_qgroup_info_item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_info_generation(leaf, qgroup_info, trans->transid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_info_rfer(leaf, qgroup_info, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_info_rfer_cmpr(leaf, qgroup_info, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_info_excl(leaf, qgroup_info, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_info_excl_cmpr(leaf, qgroup_info, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_mark_buffer_dirty(leaf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_release_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_insert_empty_item(trans, quota_root, path, &key,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												      sizeof(*qgroup_limit));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									leaf = path->nodes[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup_limit = btrfs_item_ptr(leaf, path->slots[0],
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  struct btrfs_qgroup_limit_item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_limit_flags(leaf, qgroup_limit, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_limit_max_rfer(leaf, qgroup_limit, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_limit_max_excl(leaf, qgroup_limit, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_limit_rsv_rfer(leaf, qgroup_limit, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_limit_rsv_excl(leaf, qgroup_limit, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_mark_buffer_dirty(leaf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int del_qgroup_item(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											   struct btrfs_root *quota_root, u64 qgroupid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_INFO_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = qgroupid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_search_slot(trans, quota_root, &key, path, -1, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_del_item(trans, quota_root, path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_release_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_search_slot(trans, quota_root, &key, path, -1, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_del_item(trans, quota_root, path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int update_qgroup_limit_item(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    struct btrfs_root *root, u64 qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    u64 flags, u64 max_rfer, u64 max_excl,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    u64 rsv_rfer, u64 rsv_excl)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct extent_buffer *l;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_limit_item *qgroup_limit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int slot;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = qgroupid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-27 11:20:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_search_slot(trans, root, &key, path, 0, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret > 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									l = path->nodes[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									slot = path->slots[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-11-04 22:34:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup_limit = btrfs_item_ptr(l, slot, struct btrfs_qgroup_limit_item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_limit_flags(l, qgroup_limit, flags);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_limit_max_rfer(l, qgroup_limit, max_rfer);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_limit_max_excl(l, qgroup_limit, max_excl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_limit_rsv_rfer(l, qgroup_limit, rsv_rfer);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_limit_rsv_excl(l, qgroup_limit, rsv_excl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_mark_buffer_dirty(l);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int update_qgroup_info_item(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												   struct btrfs_root *root,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												   struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct extent_buffer *l;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_info_item *qgroup_info;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int slot;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-07 17:06:09 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifdef CONFIG_BTRFS_FS_RUN_SANITY_TESTS
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (unlikely(test_bit(BTRFS_ROOT_DUMMY_ROOT, &root->state)))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_INFO_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = qgroup->qgroupid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-27 11:20:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_search_slot(trans, root, &key, path, 0, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret > 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									l = path->nodes[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									slot = path->slots[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-11-04 22:34:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup_info = btrfs_item_ptr(l, slot, struct btrfs_qgroup_info_item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_info_generation(l, qgroup_info, trans->transid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_info_rfer(l, qgroup_info, qgroup->rfer);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_info_rfer_cmpr(l, qgroup_info, qgroup->rfer_cmpr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_info_excl(l, qgroup_info, qgroup->excl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_info_excl_cmpr(l, qgroup_info, qgroup->excl_cmpr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_mark_buffer_dirty(l);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int update_qgroup_status_item(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												     struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    struct btrfs_root *root)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct extent_buffer *l;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_status_item *ptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int slot;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-27 11:20:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_search_slot(trans, root, &key, path, 0, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret > 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									l = path->nodes[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									slot = path->slots[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ptr = btrfs_item_ptr(l, slot, struct btrfs_qgroup_status_item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_status_flags(l, ptr, fs_info->qgroup_flags);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_status_generation(l, ptr, trans->transid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_status_rescan(l, ptr,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress.objectid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_mark_buffer_dirty(l);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * called with qgroup_lock held
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int btrfs_clean_quota_tree(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  struct btrfs_root *root)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-27 11:16:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct extent_buffer *leaf = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-27 11:16:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int nr = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-27 11:16:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path->leave_spinning = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-27 11:16:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = btrfs_search_slot(trans, root, &key, path, -1, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-27 11:16:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										leaf = path->nodes[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										nr = btrfs_header_nritems(leaf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!nr)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-27 11:16:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * delete the leaf one by one
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * since the whole tree is going
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * to be deleted.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										path->slots[0] = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = btrfs_del_items(trans, root, path, 0, nr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-27 11:16:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_release_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									root->fs_info->pending_quota_state = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_quota_enable(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										       struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:24:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *tree_root = fs_info->tree_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_status_item *ptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct extent_buffer *leaf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:24:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key found_key;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:24:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int slot;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (fs_info->quota_root) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->pending_quota_state = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->qgroup_ulist = ulist_alloc(GFP_NOFS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!fs_info->qgroup_ulist) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * initially create the quota tree
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									quota_root = btrfs_create_tree(trans, fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												       BTRFS_QUOTA_TREE_OBJECTID);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (IS_ERR(quota_root)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret =  PTR_ERR(quota_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-10-16 05:44:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out_free_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_insert_empty_item(trans, quota_root, path, &key,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												      sizeof(*ptr));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-10-16 05:44:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out_free_path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									leaf = path->nodes[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ptr = btrfs_item_ptr(leaf, path->slots[0],
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 struct btrfs_qgroup_status_item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_status_generation(leaf, ptr, trans->transid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_status_version(leaf, ptr, BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_VERSION);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->qgroup_flags = BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_ON |
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_status_flags(leaf, ptr, fs_info->qgroup_flags);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_set_qgroup_status_rescan(leaf, ptr, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_mark_buffer_dirty(leaf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:24:57 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.objectid = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.type = BTRFS_ROOT_REF_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									key.offset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_release_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_search_slot_for_read(tree_root, &key, path, 1, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret > 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out_add_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out_free_path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										slot = path->slots[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										leaf = path->nodes[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_item_key_to_cpu(leaf, &found_key, slot);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (found_key.type == BTRFS_ROOT_REF_KEY) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = add_qgroup_item(trans, quota_root,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													      found_key.offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												goto out_free_path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup = add_qgroup_rb(fs_info, found_key.offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (IS_ERR(qgroup)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												ret = PTR_ERR(qgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												goto out_free_path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = btrfs_next_item(tree_root, path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out_free_path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out_add_root:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_release_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = add_qgroup_item(trans, quota_root, BTRFS_FS_TREE_OBJECTID);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out_free_path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = add_qgroup_rb(fs_info, BTRFS_FS_TREE_OBJECTID);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (IS_ERR(qgroup)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = PTR_ERR(qgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out_free_path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:17 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->quota_root = quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->pending_quota_state = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-10-16 05:44:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out_free_path:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-10-16 05:44:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out_free_root:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										free_extent_buffer(quota_root->node);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										free_extent_buffer(quota_root->commit_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										kfree(quota_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ulist_free(fs_info->qgroup_ulist);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_ulist = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_quota_disable(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *tree_root = fs_info->tree_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:17 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!fs_info->quota_root)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:17 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->quota_enabled = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->pending_quota_state = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->quota_root = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-08-14 09:13:37 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_qgroup_config(fs_info);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_clean_quota_tree(trans, quota_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_del_root(trans, tree_root, "a_root->root_key);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_del("a_root->dirty_list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_tree_lock(quota_root->node);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									clean_tree_block(trans, tree_root, quota_root->node);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_tree_unlock(quota_root->node);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_tree_block(trans, quota_root, quota_root->node, 0, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									free_extent_buffer(quota_root->node);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									free_extent_buffer(quota_root->commit_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									kfree(quota_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void qgroup_dirty(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (list_empty(&qgroup->dirty))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_add(&qgroup->dirty, &fs_info->dirty_qgroups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_add_qgroup_relation(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											      struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 src, u64 dst)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *parent;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *member;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:49:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_list *list;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!quota_root) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									member = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, src);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									parent = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, dst);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!member || !parent) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:49:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* check if such qgroup relation exist firstly */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_for_each_entry(list, &member->groups, next_group) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (list->group == parent) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = -EEXIST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = add_qgroup_relation_item(trans, quota_root, src, dst);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = add_qgroup_relation_item(trans, quota_root, dst, src);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										del_qgroup_relation_item(trans, quota_root, src, dst);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = add_relation_rb(quota_root->fs_info, src, dst);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_del_qgroup_relation(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											      struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 src, u64 dst)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:49:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *parent;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *member;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_list *list;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int err;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!quota_root) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:49:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									member = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, src);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									parent = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, dst);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!member || !parent) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* check if such qgroup relation exist firstly */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_for_each_entry(list, &member->groups, next_group) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (list->group == parent)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto exist;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								exist:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = del_qgroup_relation_item(trans, quota_root, src, dst);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									err = del_qgroup_relation_item(trans, quota_root, dst, src);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (err && !ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = err;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									del_relation_rb(fs_info, src, dst);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_create_qgroup(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 qgroupid, char *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!quota_root) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:49:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, qgroupid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (qgroup) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -EEXIST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = add_qgroup_item(trans, quota_root, qgroupid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:49:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = add_qgroup_rb(fs_info, qgroupid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (IS_ERR(qgroup))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = PTR_ERR(qgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_remove_qgroup(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 qgroupid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-17 01:22:09 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!quota_root) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-17 01:22:09 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, qgroupid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:49:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroup) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* check if there are no relations to this qgroup */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!list_empty(&qgroup->groups) ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    !list_empty(&qgroup->members)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = -EBUSY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-17 01:22:09 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = del_qgroup_item(trans, quota_root, qgroupid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									del_qgroup_rb(quota_root->fs_info, qgroupid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_limit_qgroup(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										       struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										       struct btrfs_qgroup_limit *limit)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!quota_root) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:20 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, qgroupid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroup) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = update_qgroup_limit_item(trans, quota_root, qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												       limit->flags, limit->max_rfer,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												       limit->max_excl, limit->rsv_rfer,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												       limit->rsv_excl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_flags |= BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-12-20 11:37:06 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_info(fs_info, "unable to update quota limit for %llu",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-08-20 13:20:07 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										       qgroupid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:17 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup->lim_flags = limit->flags;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup->max_rfer = limit->max_rfer;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup->max_excl = limit->max_excl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup->rsv_rfer = limit->rsv_rfer;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup->rsv_excl = limit->rsv_excl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int comp_oper(struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper1,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										     struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper2)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (oper1->bytenr < oper2->bytenr)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (oper1->bytenr > oper2->bytenr)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (oper1->seq < oper2->seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (oper1->seq > oper2->seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (oper1->ref_root < oper2->ref_root)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (oper1->ref_root > oper2->ref_root)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (oper1->type < oper2->type)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (oper1->type > oper2->type)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int insert_qgroup_oper(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											      struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct rb_node **p;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct rb_node *parent = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *cur;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int cmp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_op_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									p = &fs_info->qgroup_op_tree.rb_node;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (*p) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										parent = *p;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										cur = rb_entry(parent, struct btrfs_qgroup_operation, n);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										cmp = comp_oper(cur, oper);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (cmp < 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											p = &(*p)->rb_right;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else if (cmp) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											p = &(*p)->rb_left;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_op_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return -EEXIST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									rb_link_node(&oper->n, parent, p);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									rb_insert_color(&oper->n, &fs_info->qgroup_op_tree);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_op_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Record a quota operation for processing later on.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @trans: the transaction we are adding the delayed op to.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @fs_info: the fs_info for this fs.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @ref_root: the root of the reference we are acting on,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @bytenr: the bytenr we are acting on.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @num_bytes: the number of bytes in the reference.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @type: the type of operation this is.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * @mod_seq: do we need to get a sequence number for looking up roots.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * We just add it to our trans qgroup_ref_list and carry on and process these
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * operations in order at some later point.  If the reference root isn't a fs
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * root then we don't bother with doing anything.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * MUST BE HOLDING THE REF LOCK.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_qgroup_record_ref(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 ref_root,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    u64 bytenr, u64 num_bytes,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    enum btrfs_qgroup_operation_type type, int mod_seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!is_fstree(ref_root) || !fs_info->quota_enabled)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									oper = kmalloc(sizeof(*oper), GFP_NOFS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!oper)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									oper->ref_root = ref_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									oper->bytenr = bytenr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									oper->num_bytes = num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									oper->type = type;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									oper->seq = atomic_inc_return(&fs_info->qgroup_op_seq);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									INIT_LIST_HEAD(&oper->elem.list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									oper->elem.seq = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = insert_qgroup_oper(fs_info, oper);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Shouldn't happen so have an assert for developers */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ASSERT(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										kfree(oper);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_add_tail(&oper->list, &trans->qgroup_ref_list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mod_seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_get_tree_mod_seq(fs_info, &oper->elem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The easy accounting, if we are adding/removing the only ref for an extent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * then this qgroup and all of the parent qgroups get their refrence and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * exclusive counts adjusted.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int qgroup_excl_accounting(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist *tmp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_list *glist;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_node *unode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_iterator uiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int sign = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									tmp = ulist_alloc(GFP_NOFS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!tmp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!fs_info->quota_root)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, oper->ref_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (oper->type) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case BTRFS_QGROUP_OPER_ADD_EXCL:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										sign = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case BTRFS_QGROUP_OPER_SUB_EXCL:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										sign = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ASSERT(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup->rfer += sign * oper->num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup->rfer_cmpr += sign * oper->num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									WARN_ON(sign < 0 && qgroup->excl < oper->num_bytes);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup->excl += sign * oper->num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup->excl_cmpr += sign * oper->num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup_dirty(fs_info, qgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Get all of the parent groups that contain this qgroup */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									list_for_each_entry(glist, &qgroup->groups, next_group) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = ulist_add(tmp, glist->group->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												ptr_to_u64(glist->group), GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Iterate all of the parents and adjust their reference counts */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ULIST_ITER_INIT(&uiter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((unode = ulist_next(tmp, &uiter))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup = u64_to_ptr(unode->aux);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup->rfer += sign * oper->num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup->rfer_cmpr += sign * oper->num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup->excl += sign * oper->num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (sign < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											WARN_ON(qgroup->excl < oper->num_bytes);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup->excl_cmpr += sign * oper->num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup_dirty(fs_info, qgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Add any parents of the parents */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_for_each_entry(glist, &qgroup->groups, next_group) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = ulist_add(tmp, glist->group->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													ptr_to_u64(glist->group), GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_free(tmp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Walk all of the roots that pointed to our bytenr and adjust their refcnts as
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * properly.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int qgroup_calc_old_refcnt(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  u64 root_to_skip, struct ulist *tmp,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  struct ulist *roots, struct ulist *qgroups,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  u64 seq, int *old_roots, int rescan)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_node *unode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_iterator uiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_node *tmp_unode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_iterator tmp_uiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ULIST_ITER_INIT(&uiter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((unode = ulist_next(roots, &uiter))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* We don't count our current root here */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (unode->val == root_to_skip)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qg = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, unode->val);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!qg)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * We could have a pending removal of this same ref so we may
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * not have actually found our ref root when doing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * btrfs_find_all_roots, so we need to keep track of how many
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * old roots we find in case we removed ours and added a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * different one at the same time.  I don't think this could
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * happen in practice but that sort of thinking leads to pain
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * and suffering and to the dark side.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										(*old_roots)++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ulist_reinit(tmp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = ulist_add(qgroups, qg->qgroupid, ptr_to_u64(qg),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = ulist_add(tmp, qg->qgroupid, ptr_to_u64(qg), GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ULIST_ITER_INIT(&tmp_uiter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										while ((tmp_unode = ulist_next(tmp, &tmp_uiter))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct btrfs_qgroup_list *glist;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg = u64_to_ptr(tmp_unode->aux);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * We use this sequence number to keep from having to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * run the whole list and 0 out the refcnt every time.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * We basically use sequnce as the known 0 count and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * then add 1 everytime we see a qgroup.  This is how we
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * get how many of the roots actually point up to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * upper level qgroups in order to determine exclusive
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * counts.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * For rescan we want to set old_refcnt to seq so our
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * exclusive calculations end up correct.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (rescan)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												qg->old_refcnt = seq;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											else if (qg->old_refcnt < seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												qg->old_refcnt = seq + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												qg->old_refcnt++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (qg->new_refcnt < seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												qg->new_refcnt = seq + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												qg->new_refcnt++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											list_for_each_entry(glist, &qg->groups, next_group) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												ret = ulist_add(qgroups, glist->group->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														ptr_to_u64(glist->group),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												ret = ulist_add(tmp, glist->group->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														ptr_to_u64(glist->group),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * We need to walk forward in our operation tree and account for any roots that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * were deleted after we made this operation.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int qgroup_account_deleted_refs(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												       struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												       struct ulist *tmp,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												       struct ulist *qgroups, u64 seq,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												       int *old_roots)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_node *unode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_iterator uiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *tmp_oper;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct rb_node *n;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_reinit(tmp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * We only walk forward in the tree since we're only interested in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * removals that happened _after_  our operation.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_op_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									n = rb_next(&oper->n);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_op_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!n)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									tmp_oper = rb_entry(n, struct btrfs_qgroup_operation, n);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (tmp_oper->bytenr == oper->bytenr) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * If it's not a removal we don't care, additions work out
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * properly with our refcnt tracking.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (tmp_oper->type != BTRFS_QGROUP_OPER_SUB_SHARED &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    tmp_oper->type != BTRFS_QGROUP_OPER_SUB_EXCL)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto next;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qg = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, tmp_oper->ref_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!qg)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto next;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = ulist_add(qgroups, qg->qgroupid, ptr_to_u64(qg),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * We only want to increase old_roots if this qgroup is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * not already in the list of qgroups.  If it is already
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * there then that means it must have been re-added or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * the delete will be discarded because we had an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * existing ref that we haven't looked up yet.  In this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * case we don't want to increase old_roots.  So if ret
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * == 1 then we know that this is the first time we've
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * seen this qgroup and we can bump the old_roots.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											(*old_roots)++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = ulist_add(tmp, qg->qgroupid, ptr_to_u64(qg),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								next:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_op_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										n = rb_next(&tmp_oper->n);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_op_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!n)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										tmp_oper = rb_entry(n, struct btrfs_qgroup_operation, n);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Ok now process the qgroups we found */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ULIST_ITER_INIT(&uiter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((unode = ulist_next(tmp, &uiter))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup_list *glist;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qg = u64_to_ptr(unode->aux);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (qg->old_refcnt < seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->old_refcnt = seq + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->old_refcnt++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (qg->new_refcnt < seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->new_refcnt = seq + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->new_refcnt++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_for_each_entry(glist, &qg->groups, next_group) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = ulist_add(qgroups, glist->group->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													ptr_to_u64(glist->group), GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = ulist_add(tmp, glist->group->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													ptr_to_u64(glist->group), GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/* Add refcnt for the newly added reference. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int qgroup_calc_new_refcnt(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  struct ulist *tmp, struct ulist *qgroups,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  u64 seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_node *unode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_iterator uiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_reinit(tmp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = ulist_add(qgroups, qgroup->qgroupid, ptr_to_u64(qgroup),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = ulist_add(tmp, qgroup->qgroupid, ptr_to_u64(qgroup),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ULIST_ITER_INIT(&uiter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((unode = ulist_next(tmp, &uiter))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup_list *glist;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qg = u64_to_ptr(unode->aux);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (oper->type == BTRFS_QGROUP_OPER_ADD_SHARED) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (qg->new_refcnt < seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												qg->new_refcnt = seq + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												qg->new_refcnt++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (qg->old_refcnt < seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												qg->old_refcnt = seq + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												qg->old_refcnt++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_for_each_entry(glist, &qg->groups, next_group) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = ulist_add(tmp, glist->group->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													ptr_to_u64(glist->group), GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = ulist_add(qgroups, glist->group->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													ptr_to_u64(glist->group), GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * This adjusts the counters for all referenced qgroups if need be.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int qgroup_adjust_counters(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  u64 root_to_skip, u64 num_bytes,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  struct ulist *qgroups, u64 seq,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												  int old_roots, int new_roots, int rescan)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_node *unode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_iterator uiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 cur_new_count, cur_old_count;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ULIST_ITER_INIT(&uiter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((unode = ulist_next(qgroups, &uiter))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bool dirty = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qg = u64_to_ptr(unode->aux);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Wasn't referenced before but is now, add to the reference
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * counters.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (qg->old_refcnt <= seq && qg->new_refcnt > seq) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->rfer += num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->rfer_cmpr += num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											dirty = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Was referenced before but isn't now, subtract from the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * reference counters.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (qg->old_refcnt > seq && qg->new_refcnt <= seq) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->rfer -= num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->rfer_cmpr -= num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											dirty = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (qg->old_refcnt < seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											cur_old_count = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											cur_old_count = qg->old_refcnt - seq;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (qg->new_refcnt < seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											cur_new_count = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											cur_new_count = qg->new_refcnt - seq;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * If our refcount was the same as the roots previously but our
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * new count isn't the same as the number of roots now then we
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * went from having a exclusive reference on this range to not.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (old_roots && cur_old_count == old_roots &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    (cur_new_count != new_roots || new_roots == 0)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											WARN_ON(cur_new_count != new_roots && new_roots == 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->excl -= num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->excl_cmpr -= num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											dirty = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * If we didn't reference all the roots before but now we do we
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * have an exclusive reference to this range.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if ((!old_roots || (old_roots && cur_old_count != old_roots))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    && cur_new_count == new_roots) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->excl += num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qg->excl_cmpr += num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											dirty = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (dirty)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup_dirty(fs_info, qg);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * If we removed a data extent and there were other references for that bytenr
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * then we need to lookup all referenced roots to make sure we still don't
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * reference this bytenr.  If we do then we can just discard this operation.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int check_existing_refs(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											       struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											       struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist *roots = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_node *unode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_iterator uiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_find_all_roots(trans, fs_info, oper->bytenr,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												   oper->elem.seq, &roots);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ULIST_ITER_INIT(&uiter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((unode = ulist_next(roots, &uiter))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (unode->val == oper->ref_root) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_free(roots);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_put_tree_mod_seq(fs_info, &oper->elem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * If we share a reference across multiple roots then we may need to adjust
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * various qgroups referenced and exclusive counters.  The basic premise is this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * 1) We have seq to represent a 0 count.  Instead of looping through all of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * qgroups and resetting their refcount to 0 we just constantly bump this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * sequence number to act as the base reference count.  This means that if
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * anybody is equal to or below this sequence they were never referenced.  We
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * jack this sequence up by the number of roots we found each time in order to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * make sure we don't have any overlap.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * 2) We first search all the roots that reference the area _except_ the root
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * we're acting on currently.  This makes up the old_refcnt of all the qgroups
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * before.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * 3) We walk all of the qgroups referenced by the root we are currently acting
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * on, and will either adjust old_refcnt in the case of a removal or the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * new_refcnt in the case of an addition.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * 4) Finally we walk all the qgroups that are referenced by this range
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * including the root we are acting on currently.  We will adjust the counters
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * based on the number of roots we had and will have after this operation.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Take this example as an illustration
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *			[qgroup 1/0]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *		     /         |          \
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *		[qg 0/0]   [qg 0/1]	[qg 0/2]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *		   \          |            /
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *		  [	   extent	    ]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Say we are adding a reference that is covered by qg 0/0.  The first step
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * would give a refcnt of 1 to qg 0/1 and 0/2 and a refcnt of 2 to qg 1/0 with
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * old_roots being 2.  Because it is adding new_roots will be 1.  We then go
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * through qg 0/0 which will get the new_refcnt set to 1 and add 1 to qg 1/0's
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * new_refcnt, bringing it to 3.  We then walk through all of the qgroups, we
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * notice that the old refcnt for qg 0/0 < the new refcnt, so we added a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * reference and thus must add the size to the referenced bytes.  Everything
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * else is the same so nothing else changes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int qgroup_shared_accounting(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist *roots = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist *qgroups, *tmp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct seq_list elem = {};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 seq;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int old_roots = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int new_roots = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (oper->elem.seq) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = check_existing_refs(trans, fs_info, oper);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroups = ulist_alloc(GFP_NOFS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroups)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									tmp = ulist_alloc(GFP_NOFS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-06-12 00:14:59 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!tmp) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ulist_free(qgroups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-06-12 00:14:59 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_get_tree_mod_seq(fs_info, &elem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_find_all_roots(trans, fs_info, oper->bytenr, elem.seq,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												   &roots);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_put_tree_mod_seq(fs_info, &elem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ulist_free(qgroups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ulist_free(tmp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, oper->ref_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									seq = fs_info->qgroup_seq;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * So roots is the list of all the roots currently pointing at the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bytenr, including the ref we are adding if we are adding, or not if
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * we are removing a ref.  So we pass in the ref_root to skip that root
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * in our calculations.  We set old_refnct and new_refcnt cause who the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * hell knows what everything looked like before, and it doesn't matter
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * except...
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = qgroup_calc_old_refcnt(fs_info, oper->ref_root, tmp, roots, qgroups,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												     seq, &old_roots, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Now adjust the refcounts of the qgroups that care about this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * reference, either the old_count in the case of removal or new_count
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * in the case of an addition.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = qgroup_calc_new_refcnt(fs_info, oper, qgroup, tmp, qgroups,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												     seq);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * ...in the case of removals.  If we had a removal before we got around
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * to processing this operation then we need to find that guy and count
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * his references as if they really existed so we don't end up screwing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * up the exclusive counts.  Then whenever we go to process the delete
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * everything will be grand and we can account for whatever exclusive
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * changes need to be made there.  We also have to pass in old_roots so
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * we have an accurate count of the roots as it pertains to this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * operations view of the world.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = qgroup_account_deleted_refs(fs_info, oper, tmp, qgroups, seq,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													  &old_roots);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * We are adding our root, need to adjust up the number of roots,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * otherwise old_roots is the number of roots we want.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (oper->type == BTRFS_QGROUP_OPER_ADD_SHARED) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										new_roots = old_roots + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										new_roots = old_roots;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										old_roots++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->qgroup_seq += old_roots + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * And now the magic happens, bless Arne for having a pretty elegant
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * solution for this.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup_adjust_counters(fs_info, oper->ref_root, oper->num_bytes,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											       qgroups, seq, old_roots, new_roots, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_free(qgroups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_free(roots);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_free(tmp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * btrfs_qgroup_account_ref is called for every ref that is added to or deleted
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * from the fs. First, all roots referencing the extent are searched, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * then the space is accounted accordingly to the different roots. The
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * accounting algorithm works in 3 steps documented inline.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int btrfs_qgroup_account(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!fs_info->quota_enabled)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									BUG_ON(!fs_info->quota_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (fs_info->qgroup_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress.objectid <= oper->bytenr) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ASSERT(is_fstree(oper->ref_root));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (oper->type) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case BTRFS_QGROUP_OPER_ADD_EXCL:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case BTRFS_QGROUP_OPER_SUB_EXCL:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = qgroup_excl_accounting(fs_info, oper);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case BTRFS_QGROUP_OPER_ADD_SHARED:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case BTRFS_QGROUP_OPER_SUB_SHARED:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = qgroup_shared_accounting(trans, fs_info, oper);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ASSERT(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Needs to be called everytime we run delayed refs, even if there is an error
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * in order to cleanup outstanding operations.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_delayed_qgroup_accounting(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												    struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup_operation *oper;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (!list_empty(&trans->qgroup_ref_list)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										oper = list_first_entry(&trans->qgroup_ref_list,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													struct btrfs_qgroup_operation, list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_del_init(&oper->list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!ret || !trans->aborted)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = btrfs_qgroup_account(trans, fs_info, oper);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_op_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										rb_erase(&oper->n, &fs_info->qgroup_op_tree);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_op_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_put_tree_mod_seq(fs_info, &oper->elem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										kfree(oper);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * called from commit_transaction. Writes all changed qgroups to disk.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_run_qgroups(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										      struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:52 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int start_rescan_worker = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!quota_root)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:52 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!fs_info->quota_enabled && fs_info->pending_quota_state)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										start_rescan_worker = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->quota_enabled = fs_info->pending_quota_state;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (!list_empty(&fs_info->dirty_qgroups)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup = list_first_entry(&fs_info->dirty_qgroups,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													  struct btrfs_qgroup, dirty);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_del_init(&qgroup->dirty);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = update_qgroup_info_item(trans, quota_root, qgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											fs_info->qgroup_flags |=
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (fs_info->quota_enabled)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_flags |= BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_ON;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_flags &= ~BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_ON;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = update_qgroup_status_item(trans, fs_info, quota_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_flags |= BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:52 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!ret && start_rescan_worker) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = qgroup_rescan_init(fs_info, 0, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking(fs_info);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-02-28 10:46:16 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											btrfs_queue_work(fs_info->qgroup_rescan_workers,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													 &fs_info->qgroup_rescan_work);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:52 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * copy the acounting information between qgroups. This is necessary when a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * snapshot or a subvolume is created
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_qgroup_inherit(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 srcid, u64 objectid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 struct btrfs_qgroup_inherit *inherit)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 *i_qgroups;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *srcgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *dstgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 level_size = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 nums;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!fs_info->quota_enabled)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!quota_root) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (inherit) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										i_qgroups = (u64 *)(inherit + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										nums = inherit->num_qgroups + 2 * inherit->num_ref_copies +
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										       2 * inherit->num_excl_copies;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										for (i = 0; i < nums; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											srcgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, *i_qgroups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (!srcgroup) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											++i_qgroups;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * create a tracking group for the subvol itself
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = add_qgroup_item(trans, quota_root, objectid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (inherit && inherit->flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_INHERIT_SET_LIMITS) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = update_qgroup_limit_item(trans, quota_root, objectid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													       inherit->lim.flags,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													       inherit->lim.max_rfer,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													       inherit->lim.max_excl,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													       inherit->lim.rsv_rfer,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													       inherit->lim.rsv_excl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (srcid) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_root *srcroot;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_key srckey;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										int srcroot_level;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										srckey.objectid = srcid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										srckey.type = BTRFS_ROOT_ITEM_KEY;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										srckey.offset = (u64)-1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										srcroot = btrfs_read_fs_root_no_name(fs_info, &srckey);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (IS_ERR(srcroot)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = PTR_ERR(srcroot);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										rcu_read_lock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										srcroot_level = btrfs_header_level(srcroot->node);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										level_size = btrfs_level_size(srcroot, srcroot_level);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										rcu_read_unlock();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * add qgroup to all inherited groups
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (inherit) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										i_qgroups = (u64 *)(inherit + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										for (i = 0; i < inherit->num_qgroups; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = add_qgroup_relation_item(trans, quota_root,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       objectid, *i_qgroups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = add_qgroup_relation_item(trans, quota_root,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														       *i_qgroups, objectid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											++i_qgroups;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dstgroup = add_qgroup_rb(fs_info, objectid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-30 02:15:43 -06:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (IS_ERR(dstgroup)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = PTR_ERR(dstgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto unlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-30 02:15:43 -06:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (srcid) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										srcgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, srcid);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-09-14 20:06:30 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!srcgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto unlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * We call inherit after we clone the root in order to make sure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * our counts don't go crazy, so at this point the only
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * difference between the two roots should be the root node.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dstgroup->rfer = srcgroup->rfer;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dstgroup->rfer_cmpr = srcgroup->rfer_cmpr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dstgroup->excl = level_size;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dstgroup->excl_cmpr = level_size;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										srcgroup->excl = level_size;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										srcgroup->excl_cmpr = level_size;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup_dirty(fs_info, dstgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup_dirty(fs_info, srcgroup);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-09-14 20:06:30 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!inherit)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto unlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									i_qgroups = (u64 *)(inherit + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < inherit->num_qgroups; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = add_relation_rb(quota_root->fs_info, objectid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												      *i_qgroups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto unlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										++i_qgroups;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i <  inherit->num_ref_copies; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup *src;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup *dst;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										src = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, i_qgroups[0]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dst = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, i_qgroups[1]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!src || !dst) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto unlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dst->rfer = src->rfer - level_size;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dst->rfer_cmpr = src->rfer_cmpr - level_size;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										i_qgroups += 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i <  inherit->num_excl_copies; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup *src;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup *dst;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										src = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, i_qgroups[0]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dst = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, i_qgroups[1]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!src || !dst) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto unlock;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dst->excl = src->excl + level_size;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dst->excl_cmpr = src->excl_cmpr + level_size;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										i_qgroups += 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								unlock:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-07 10:50:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_ioctl_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * reserve some space for a qgroup and all its parents. The reservation takes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * place with start_transaction or dealloc_reserve, similar to ENOSPC
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * accounting. If not enough space is available, EDQUOT is returned.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * We assume that the requested space is new for all qgroups.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_qgroup_reserve(struct btrfs_root *root, u64 num_bytes)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info = root->fs_info;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 ref_root = root->root_key.objectid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_node *unode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_iterator uiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!is_fstree(ref_root))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (num_bytes == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!quota_root)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, ref_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * in a first step, we check all affected qgroups if any limits would
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * be exceeded
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_reinit(fs_info->qgroup_ulist);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = ulist_add(fs_info->qgroup_ulist, qgroup->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:00:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											(uintptr_t)qgroup, GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ULIST_ITER_INIT(&uiter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((unode = ulist_next(fs_info->qgroup_ulist, &uiter))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup *qg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup_list *glist;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qg = u64_to_ptr(unode->aux);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if ((qg->lim_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_MAX_RFER) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-15 12:56:49 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    qg->reserved + (s64)qg->rfer + num_bytes >
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-03-06 11:51:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    qg->max_rfer) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = -EDQUOT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-03-06 11:51:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if ((qg->lim_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_LIMIT_MAX_EXCL) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-15 12:56:49 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    qg->reserved + (s64)qg->excl + num_bytes >
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-03-06 11:51:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    qg->max_excl) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = -EDQUOT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-03-06 11:51:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_for_each_entry(glist, &qg->groups, next_group) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = ulist_add(fs_info->qgroup_ulist,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													glist->group->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:00:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													(uintptr_t)glist->group, GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:00:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * no limits exceeded, now record the reservation into all qgroups
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ULIST_ITER_INIT(&uiter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((unode = ulist_next(fs_info->qgroup_ulist, &uiter))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup *qg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qg = u64_to_ptr(unode->aux);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qg->reserved += num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void btrfs_qgroup_free(struct btrfs_root *root, u64 num_bytes)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_root *quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info = root->fs_info;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_node *unode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist_iterator uiter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 ref_root = root->root_key.objectid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:00:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!is_fstree(ref_root))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (num_bytes == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									quota_root = fs_info->quota_root;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!quota_root)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup = find_qgroup_rb(fs_info, ref_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_reinit(fs_info->qgroup_ulist);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = ulist_add(fs_info->qgroup_ulist, qgroup->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:00:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											(uintptr_t)qgroup, GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ULIST_ITER_INIT(&uiter);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((unode = ulist_next(fs_info->qgroup_ulist, &uiter))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup *qg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct btrfs_qgroup_list *glist;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qg = u64_to_ptr(unode->aux);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qg->reserved -= num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										list_for_each_entry(glist, &qg->groups, next_group) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 11:03:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = ulist_add(fs_info->qgroup_ulist,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													glist->group->qgroupid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-17 14:00:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													(uintptr_t)glist->group, GFP_ATOMIC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void assert_qgroups_uptodate(struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (list_empty(&trans->qgroup_ref_list) && !trans->delayed_ref_elem.seq)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-12-20 11:37:06 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_err(trans->root->fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										"qgroups not uptodate in trans handle %p:  list is%s empty, "
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										"seq is %#x.%x",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										trans, list_empty(&trans->qgroup_ref_list) ? "" : " not",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-24 16:57:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										(u32)(trans->delayed_ref_elem.seq >> 32),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										(u32)trans->delayed_ref_elem.seq);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-28 18:03:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									BUG();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * returns < 0 on error, 0 when more leafs are to be scanned.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * returns 1 when done, 2 when done and FLAG_INCONSISTENT was cleared.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								qgroup_rescan_leaf(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, struct btrfs_path *path,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										   struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans, struct ulist *qgroups,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										   struct ulist *tmp, struct extent_buffer *scratch_leaf)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_key found;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist *roots = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct seq_list tree_mod_seq_elem = {};
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 num_bytes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u64 seq;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int new_roots;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int slot;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path->leave_spinning = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_search_slot_for_read(fs_info->extent_root,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													 &fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													 path, 1, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									pr_debug("current progress key (%llu %u %llu), search_slot ret %d\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-08-20 13:20:07 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress.objectid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress.type,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-08-20 13:20:07 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress.offset, ret);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * The rescan is about to end, we will not be scanning any
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * further blocks. We cannot unset the RESCAN flag here, because
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * we want to commit the transaction if everything went well.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * To make the live accounting work in this phase, we set our
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * scan progress pointer such that every real extent objectid
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * will be smaller.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress.objectid = (u64)-1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_release_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_item_key_to_cpu(path->nodes[0], &found,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											      btrfs_header_nritems(path->nodes[0]) - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress.objectid = found.objectid + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_get_tree_mod_seq(fs_info, &tree_mod_seq_elem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memcpy(scratch_leaf, path->nodes[0], sizeof(*scratch_leaf));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									slot = path->slots[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_release_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (; slot < btrfs_header_nritems(scratch_leaf); ++slot) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_item_key_to_cpu(scratch_leaf, &found, slot);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-01-23 16:45:10 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (found.type != BTRFS_EXTENT_ITEM_KEY &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    found.type != BTRFS_METADATA_ITEM_KEY)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-01-23 16:45:10 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (found.type == BTRFS_METADATA_ITEM_KEY)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											num_bytes = fs_info->extent_root->leafsize;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											num_bytes = found.offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ulist_reinit(qgroups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = btrfs_find_all_roots(NULL, fs_info, found.objectid, 0,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													   &roots);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										seq = fs_info->qgroup_seq;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_seq += roots->nnodes + 1; /* max refcnt */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										new_roots = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = qgroup_calc_old_refcnt(fs_info, 0, tmp, roots, qgroups,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													     seq, &new_roots, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ulist_free(roots);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = qgroup_adjust_counters(fs_info, 0, num_bytes, qgroups,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													     seq, 0, new_roots, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret < 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ulist_free(roots);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ulist_free(roots);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_put_tree_mod_seq(fs_info, &tree_mod_seq_elem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-02-28 10:46:19 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void btrfs_qgroup_rescan_worker(struct btrfs_work *work)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info = container_of(work, struct btrfs_fs_info,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														     qgroup_rescan_work);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_path *path;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct ulist *tmp = NULL, *qgroups = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct extent_buffer *scratch_leaf = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int err = -ENOMEM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									path = btrfs_alloc_path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!path)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroups = ulist_alloc(GFP_NOFS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!qgroups)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									tmp = ulist_alloc(GFP_NOFS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!tmp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									scratch_leaf = kmalloc(sizeof(*scratch_leaf), GFP_NOFS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!scratch_leaf)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto out;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									err = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (!err) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										trans = btrfs_start_transaction(fs_info->fs_root, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (IS_ERR(trans)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											err = PTR_ERR(trans);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!fs_info->quota_enabled) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											err = -EINTR;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											err = qgroup_rescan_leaf(fs_info, path, trans,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														 qgroups, tmp, scratch_leaf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (err > 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											btrfs_commit_transaction(trans, fs_info->fs_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											btrfs_end_transaction(trans, fs_info->fs_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								out:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									kfree(scratch_leaf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-13 17:30:47 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_free(qgroups);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-05-20 09:23:31 -04:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ulist_free(tmp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_free_path(path);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->qgroup_flags &= ~BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (err == 2 &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    fs_info->qgroup_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_INCONSISTENT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_flags &= ~BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else if (err < 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_flags |= BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (err >= 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-12-20 11:37:06 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_info(fs_info, "qgroup scan completed%s",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											err == 2 ? " (inconsistency flag cleared)" : "");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-12-20 11:37:06 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_err(fs_info, "qgroup scan failed with %d", err);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 19:14:17 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									complete_all(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_completion);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Checks that (a) no rescan is running and (b) quota is enabled. Allocates all
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * memory required for the rescan context.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								qgroup_rescan_init(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info, u64 progress_objectid,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										   int init_flags)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!init_flags &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    (!(fs_info->qgroup_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN) ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									     !(fs_info->qgroup_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_ON))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										goto err;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (init_flags) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (fs_info->qgroup_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = -EINPROGRESS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else if (!(fs_info->qgroup_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_ON))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											goto err;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_flags |= BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress, 0,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										sizeof(fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fs_info->qgroup_rescan_progress.objectid = progress_objectid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 19:14:17 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									init_completion(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_completion);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_work, 0,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									       sizeof(fs_info->qgroup_rescan_work));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-02-28 10:46:16 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_init_work(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_work,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											btrfs_qgroup_rescan_worker, NULL, NULL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								err:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-12-20 11:37:06 -05:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_info(fs_info, "qgroup_rescan_init failed with %d", ret);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct rb_node *n;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_qgroup *qgroup;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* clear all current qgroup tracking information */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (n = rb_first(&fs_info->qgroup_tree); n; n = rb_next(n)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup = rb_entry(n, struct btrfs_qgroup, node);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup->rfer = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup->rfer_cmpr = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup->excl = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										qgroup->excl_cmpr = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								btrfs_qgroup_rescan(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct btrfs_trans_handle *trans;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = qgroup_rescan_init(fs_info, 0, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * We have set the rescan_progress to 0, which means no more
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * delayed refs will be accounted by btrfs_qgroup_account_ref.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * However, btrfs_qgroup_account_ref may be right after its call
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * to btrfs_find_all_roots, in which case it would still do the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * accounting.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * To solve this, we're committing the transaction, which will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * ensure we run all delayed refs and only after that, we are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * going to clear all tracking information for a clean start.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									trans = btrfs_join_transaction(fs_info->fs_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (IS_ERR(trans)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_flags &= ~BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return PTR_ERR(trans);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = btrfs_commit_transaction(trans, fs_info->fs_root);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fs_info->qgroup_flags &= ~BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking(fs_info);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-02-28 10:46:16 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									btrfs_queue_work(fs_info->qgroup_rescan_workers,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 &fs_info->qgroup_rescan_work);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-04-25 16:04:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-05-06 19:14:17 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int btrfs_qgroup_wait_for_completion(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int running;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									running = fs_info->qgroup_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mutex_unlock(&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (running)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = wait_for_completion_interruptible(
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													&fs_info->qgroup_rescan_completion);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * this is only called from open_ctree where we're still single threaded, thus
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * locking is omitted here.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								btrfs_qgroup_rescan_resume(struct btrfs_fs_info *fs_info)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (fs_info->qgroup_flags & BTRFS_QGROUP_STATUS_FLAG_RESCAN)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2014-02-28 10:46:16 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										btrfs_queue_work(fs_info->qgroup_rescan_workers,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 &fs_info->qgroup_rescan_work);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Btrfs: fix qgroup rescan resume on mount
When called during mount, we cannot start the rescan worker thread until
open_ctree is done. This commit restuctures the qgroup rescan internals to
enable a clean deferral of the rescan resume operation.
First of all, the struct qgroup_rescan is removed, saving us a malloc and
some initialization synchronizations problems. Its only element (the worker
struct) now lives within fs_info just as the rest of the rescan code.
Then setting up a rescan worker is split into several reusable stages.
Currently we have three different rescan startup scenarios:
	(A) rescan ioctl
	(B) rescan resume by mount
	(C) rescan by quota enable
Each case needs its own combination of the four following steps:
	(1) set the progress [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(2) commit the transaction [A]
	(3) set the counters [A, C: zero; B: state of umount]
	(4) start worker [A, B, C]
qgroup_rescan_init does step (1). There's no extra function added to commit
a transaction, we've got that already. qgroup_rescan_zero_tracking does
step (3). Step (4) is nothing more than a call to the generic
btrfs_queue_worker.
We also get rid of a double check for the rescan progress during
btrfs_qgroup_account_ref, which is no longer required due to having step 2
from the list above.
As a side effect, this commit prepares to move the rescan start code from
btrfs_run_qgroups (which is run during commit) to a less time critical
section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt <list.btrfs@jan-o-sch.net>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fusionio.com>
											
										 
										
											2013-05-28 15:47:24 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 |